wcdma load control algorithm and parameters_p4
Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
LOAD CONTROLTRANSCRIPT

wwwhuaweicom
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
WCDMA Load Control
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview
2 Basic Load Control Algorithms211 PUC (Potential User Control)
21 2 Intra-frequency Load Balancing (LDB)
22 CAC (Call Admission Control)
23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Load Definition Load the occupancy of capacity Two kinds of capacity in CDMA system
Hard capacity Code channels Hard ware resource Transport resource NodeB processing
capability (CE) Soft capacity
Interference (UL) Power (DL)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink Load Definition Cell Load Factor
risenoiseUL11
NPRTWPrisenoise
PN Background noise
the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink Load Definition
the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load
The transmission power is used to describe DL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different
working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load
periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell
During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible
After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload
congestion by BE service TF control
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the
coverage and QoS
PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control
3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access
Time
bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC
bullbull IAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Principles
Freq1
Freq2
System InfoSIB31112
System InfoSIB31112
Heavy load
Light load
Idle state
Modify
1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell
Decrease the POTENTIAL load
Modify
1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell
Increase the POTENTIAL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection
parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will
increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter
QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)
Value Range PUC
Default status OFF
PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30
minutes
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview
2 Basic Load Control Algorithms211 PUC (Potential User Control)
21 2 Intra-frequency Load Balancing (LDB)
22 CAC (Call Admission Control)
23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Load Definition Load the occupancy of capacity Two kinds of capacity in CDMA system
Hard capacity Code channels Hard ware resource Transport resource NodeB processing
capability (CE) Soft capacity
Interference (UL) Power (DL)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink Load Definition Cell Load Factor
risenoiseUL11
NPRTWPrisenoise
PN Background noise
the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink Load Definition
the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load
The transmission power is used to describe DL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different
working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load
periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell
During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible
After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload
congestion by BE service TF control
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the
coverage and QoS
PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control
3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access
Time
bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC
bullbull IAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Principles
Freq1
Freq2
System InfoSIB31112
System InfoSIB31112
Heavy load
Light load
Idle state
Modify
1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell
Decrease the POTENTIAL load
Modify
1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell
Increase the POTENTIAL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection
parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will
increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter
QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)
Value Range PUC
Default status OFF
PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30
minutes
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Load Definition Load the occupancy of capacity Two kinds of capacity in CDMA system
Hard capacity Code channels Hard ware resource Transport resource NodeB processing
capability (CE) Soft capacity
Interference (UL) Power (DL)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink Load Definition Cell Load Factor
risenoiseUL11
NPRTWPrisenoise
PN Background noise
the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink Load Definition
the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load
The transmission power is used to describe DL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different
working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load
periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell
During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible
After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload
congestion by BE service TF control
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the
coverage and QoS
PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control
3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access
Time
bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC
bullbull IAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Principles
Freq1
Freq2
System InfoSIB31112
System InfoSIB31112
Heavy load
Light load
Idle state
Modify
1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell
Decrease the POTENTIAL load
Modify
1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell
Increase the POTENTIAL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection
parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will
increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter
QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)
Value Range PUC
Default status OFF
PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30
minutes
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink Load Definition Cell Load Factor
risenoiseUL11
NPRTWPrisenoise
PN Background noise
the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink Load Definition
the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load
The transmission power is used to describe DL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different
working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load
periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell
During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible
After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload
congestion by BE service TF control
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the
coverage and QoS
PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control
3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access
Time
bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC
bullbull IAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Principles
Freq1
Freq2
System InfoSIB31112
System InfoSIB31112
Heavy load
Light load
Idle state
Modify
1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell
Decrease the POTENTIAL load
Modify
1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell
Increase the POTENTIAL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection
parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will
increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter
QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)
Value Range PUC
Default status OFF
PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30
minutes
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink Load Definition
the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load
The transmission power is used to describe DL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different
working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load
periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell
During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible
After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload
congestion by BE service TF control
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the
coverage and QoS
PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control
3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access
Time
bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC
bullbull IAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Principles
Freq1
Freq2
System InfoSIB31112
System InfoSIB31112
Heavy load
Light load
Idle state
Modify
1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell
Decrease the POTENTIAL load
Modify
1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell
Increase the POTENTIAL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection
parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will
increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter
QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)
Value Range PUC
Default status OFF
PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30
minutes
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different
working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load
periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell
During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible
After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload
congestion by BE service TF control
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the
coverage and QoS
PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control
3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access
Time
bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC
bullbull IAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Principles
Freq1
Freq2
System InfoSIB31112
System InfoSIB31112
Heavy load
Light load
Idle state
Modify
1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell
Decrease the POTENTIAL load
Modify
1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell
Increase the POTENTIAL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection
parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will
increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter
QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)
Value Range PUC
Default status OFF
PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30
minutes
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the
coverage and QoS
PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control
3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access
Time
bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC
bullbull IAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Principles
Freq1
Freq2
System InfoSIB31112
System InfoSIB31112
Heavy load
Light load
Idle state
Modify
1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell
Decrease the POTENTIAL load
Modify
1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell
Increase the POTENTIAL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection
parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will
increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter
QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)
Value Range PUC
Default status OFF
PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30
minutes
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Principles
Freq1
Freq2
System InfoSIB31112
System InfoSIB31112
Heavy load
Light load
Idle state
Modify
1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell
Decrease the POTENTIAL load
Modify
1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell
Increase the POTENTIAL load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection
parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will
increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter
QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)
Value Range PUC
Default status OFF
PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30
minutes
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection
parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will
increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter
QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)
Value Range PUC
Default status OFF
PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30
minutes
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)
Value Range PUC
Default status OFF
PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30
minutes
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)
Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and
modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load
SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or
lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load
SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of
a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs
to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD
CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)
1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)
1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)
ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a
new call is admitted the system load will be increased
We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Flow chart of CAC
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on
bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in
Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by
Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub
transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)
Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Code Resource Admission
DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread
Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the
access of a new service the service will be rejected
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction
(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of
RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis
invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically
Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the
calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm
Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current RTWP and calculate the current load
factor
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
load factorCalculate the predicted load
factor
admitted rejected
End of UL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
RTWPPN
UL 1
ULpredictedUL_
Pn is uplink receive background noise
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction
Get current TCP
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
TCP
Calculate the predicted TCP
admitted rejected
End of DL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
)(NP
P
PNP )(
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU
Get current total ENU
Admission request
Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of
ENU
Calculate the predicted ENU
admitted rejected
End of ULDL CAC
Y NSmaller than
the threshold
N
iitotal ENUNENU
1
)(
newENU
newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(
max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the
following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the
corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax
of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system
automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through
parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Typical equivalent number of users
ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)
For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569
136 kbits SIG 04531 12131
34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210
34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325
34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472
34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680
34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188
34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143
34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888
34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245
34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)
Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST
ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)
Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain
Default value TU
BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)
ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200
DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)
Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the
total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services
The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service
For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed
the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
CAC Credit Resource Admission
CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code
Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)
Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128
SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction
[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)
24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC
For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible
No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC
rejection
ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following
methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit
the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time
then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low
priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to
the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and
queuing
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Thank You
wwwhuaweicom
- Slide 1
- Slide 2
- Slide 3
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Slide 7
- Slide 8
- Slide 9
- Slide 10
- Slide 11
- Slide 12
- Slide 14
- Slide 15
- Slide 16
- Slide 17
- Slide 18
- Slide 19
- Slide 20
- Slide 21
- Slide 22
- Slide 23
- Slide 24
- Slide 25
- Slide 26
- Slide 27
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Slide 30
- Slide 31
- Slide 32
- Slide 33
- Slide 34
- Slide 35
- Slide 36
- Slide 37
- Slide 38
- Slide 39
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Slide 62
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Slide 66
- Slide 67
- Slide 68
- Slide 69
-

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better
QoSData service
HSDPACELL AFrequency B
R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption
Low priority
High priority
Preempting resource
The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority
Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission
resource NodeB CE
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted
according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the
most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub
transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly
without further admission decision
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages
Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user
Cell 1
Cell 2
RRC Connection
Cell 1
Cell 2
RAB
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry
number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)
25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control)
Overload state OLC will be used
Load
THLDR
THOLC
100section A
section B
section C
1 2
Normal state Permit entry
Times
Basic congestion state LDR will be used
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load
Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to
optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can
In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons
When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system
Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate
Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub
bandwidth NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling)
1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain
When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch
Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are
selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD
NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55
ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70
DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD
CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM
UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM
Value range 1 to 10
Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number
The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms
21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons
In overload state system is not stable Purpose
Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible
Triggering of OLC Power resources only
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be
higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes
bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard
resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate
For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop
For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - TF Control Target user
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control
indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection
After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)
Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected
Execution Releasing the service of the selected user
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC (Over Load Control)
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch
1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC
Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)
Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95
DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST
CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM
Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved
Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload
status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release
The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance
The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed
The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state